Add default edit rate limit of 90 edits/minute for all users
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.31.0-rc.0';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1090 * image formats.
1091 */
1092 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1096 *
1097 * @since 1.26
1098 */
1099 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1100
1101 /**
1102 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1103 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1104 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1105 *
1106 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1107 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1108 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverters = [
1111 'ImageMagick' =>
1112 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1113 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1114 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1115 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1116 . '$output $input',
1117 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1118 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1119 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1120 ];
1121
1122 /**
1123 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1124 */
1125 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1126
1127 /**
1128 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1129 */
1130 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1131
1132 /**
1133 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1134 */
1135 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1136
1137 /**
1138 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1139 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1140 */
1141 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1142
1143 /**
1144 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1145 *
1146 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1147 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1148 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1149 *
1150 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1151 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1152 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1153 */
1154 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1155
1156 /**
1157 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1158 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1159 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1160 *
1161 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1162 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1163 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1164 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1165 *
1166 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1167 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1168 */
1169 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1170
1171 /**
1172 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1173 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1174 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1175 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1176 */
1177 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1178
1179 /**
1180 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1181 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1182 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1183 *
1184 * @par Example:
1185 * @code
1186 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1187 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1188 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1189 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1190 * @endcode
1191 */
1192 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1193
1194 /**
1195 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1196 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1197 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1198 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1199 */
1200 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1201
1202 /**
1203 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1204 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1205 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1206 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1207 */
1208 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1209
1210 /**
1211 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1212 * output instead of showing an error message.
1213 *
1214 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1215 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1216 *
1217 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1218 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1219 * are logged to a file for review.
1220 */
1221 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1225 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1226 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1227 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1228 * webserver(s).
1229 */
1230 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1234 */
1235 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1236
1237 /**
1238 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1239 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1240 * is available that can rotate.
1241 */
1242 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1243
1244 /**
1245 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1246 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1247 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1248 */
1249 $wgAntivirus = null;
1250
1251 /**
1252 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1253 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1254 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1255 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1256 *
1257 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1258 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1259 *
1260 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1261 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1262 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1263 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1264 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1265 * path.
1266 *
1267 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1268 * function in SpecialUpload.
1269 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1270 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1271 * is not set.
1272 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1273 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1274 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1275 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1276 * no virus was found.
1277 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1278 * a virus.
1279 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1280 *
1281 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1282 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1283 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1284 */
1285 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1286
1287 # setup for clamav
1288 'clamav' => [
1289 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1290 'codemap' => [
1291 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1292 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1293 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1294 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1295 ],
1296 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1297 ],
1298 ];
1299
1300 /**
1301 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1302 */
1303 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1304
1305 /**
1306 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1307 */
1308 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1309
1310 /**
1311 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1312 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1313 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1314 */
1315 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1319 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1320 */
1321 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1325 * the MIME type to standard output.
1326 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1327 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1328 *
1329 * @par Example:
1330 * @code
1331 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1332 * @endcode
1333 */
1334 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1338 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1339 * can be trusted.
1340 */
1341 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1342
1343 /**
1344 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1345 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1346 */
1347 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1348 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1349 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1350 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1351 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1352 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1353 ];
1354
1355 /**
1356 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1357 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1358 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1359 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1360 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1361 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1362 */
1363 $wgImageLimits = [
1364 [ 320, 240 ],
1365 [ 640, 480 ],
1366 [ 800, 600 ],
1367 [ 1024, 768 ],
1368 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1369 ];
1370
1371 /**
1372 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1373 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1374 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1375 */
1376 $wgThumbLimits = [
1377 120,
1378 150,
1379 180,
1380 200,
1381 250,
1382 300
1383 ];
1384
1385 /**
1386 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1387 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1388 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1389 *
1390 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1391 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1392 * supports it.
1393 */
1394 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1395
1396 /**
1397 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1398 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1399 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1400 * following buckets:
1401 *
1402 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1403 *
1404 * and a distance of 50:
1405 *
1406 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1407 *
1408 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1409 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1410 */
1411 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1412
1413 /**
1414 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1415 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1416 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1417 *
1418 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1419 *
1420 * @since 1.25
1421 */
1422
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1424
1425 /**
1426 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1427 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1428 *
1429 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1430 * thumbnail's URL.
1431 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1432 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1433 *
1434 * @since 1.25
1435 */
1436 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1437
1438 /**
1439 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1440 *
1441 * @since 1.25
1442 */
1443 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1444
1445 /**
1446 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1447 * HTTP request to.
1448 *
1449 * @since 1.25
1450 */
1451 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1452
1453 /**
1454 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1455 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1456 *
1457 * @since 1.26
1458 */
1459 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1460
1461 /**
1462 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1463 * Fields are:
1464 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1465 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1466 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1467 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1468 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1469 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1470 * @deprecated since 1.28
1471 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1472 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1473 * - mode: Gallery mode
1474 */
1475 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1476
1477 /**
1478 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1479 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1480 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1481 */
1482 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1483
1484 /**
1485 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1486 */
1487 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1488
1489 /**
1490 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1491 *
1492 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1493 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1494 *
1495 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1496 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1497 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1498 */
1499 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1500
1501 /**
1502 * @name DJVU settings
1503 * @{
1504 */
1505
1506 /**
1507 * Path of the djvudump executable
1508 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1509 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1510 */
1511 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1515 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1516 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1517 */
1518 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1519
1520 /**
1521 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1522 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1523 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1524 */
1525 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1526
1527 /**
1528 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1529 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1530 *
1531 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1532 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1533 * the efficiency problem.
1534 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1535 *
1536 * @par Example:
1537 * @code
1538 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1539 * @endcode
1540 */
1541 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1542
1543 /**
1544 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1545 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1546 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1547 */
1548 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1549
1550 /**
1551 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1552 */
1553 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1554
1555 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1556
1557 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1558
1559 /************************************************************************//**
1560 * @name Email settings
1561 * @{
1562 */
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Site admin email address.
1566 *
1567 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1568 */
1569 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1573 *
1574 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1577 */
1578 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1582 *
1583 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1584 */
1585 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1589 *
1590 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1591 */
1592 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1593
1594 /**
1595 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1596 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1597 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1598 */
1599 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1600
1601 /**
1602 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1603 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1604 */
1605 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1606
1607 /**
1608 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1609 *
1610 * @since 1.30
1611 */
1612 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1616 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1617 *
1618 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1619 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1620 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1621 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1622 */
1623 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1624
1625 /**
1626 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1627 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1628 */
1629 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1630
1631 /**
1632 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1633 */
1634 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1635
1636 /**
1637 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1638 */
1639 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1643 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1644 */
1645 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1646
1647 /**
1648 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1649 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1650 */
1651 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1652
1653 /**
1654 * SMTP Mode.
1655 *
1656 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1657 * Default to false or fill an array :
1658 *
1659 * @code
1660 * $wgSMTP = [
1661 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1662 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1663 * 'port' => '25',
1664 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1665 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1666 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1667 * ];
1668 * @endcode
1669 */
1670 $wgSMTP = false;
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1674 */
1675 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1676
1677 /**
1678 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1679 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1680 */
1681 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1685 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1688
1689 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1690 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1691 # enable or disable at their discretion
1692 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1693 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1697 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1698 * spam relay.
1699 */
1700 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1701
1702 /**
1703 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1704 */
1705 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1706
1707 /**
1708 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1709 * user talk page.
1710 *
1711 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1712 * preference set to true.
1713 */
1714 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1715
1716 /**
1717 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1718 * allowed this in the preferences.
1719 */
1720 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1721
1722 /**
1723 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1724 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1725 *
1726 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1727 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1728 *
1729 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1730 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1731 *
1732 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1733 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1734 */
1735 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1736
1737 /**
1738 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1739 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1740 *
1741 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1742 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1743 */
1744 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1748 * match the limit on your mail server.
1749 */
1750 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1754 */
1755 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1759 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1760 */
1761 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1762
1763 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1764
1765 /************************************************************************//**
1766 * @name Database settings
1767 * @{
1768 */
1769
1770 /**
1771 * Database host name or IP address
1772 */
1773 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1777 */
1778 $wgDBport = 5432;
1779
1780 /**
1781 * Name of the database
1782 */
1783 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1784
1785 /**
1786 * Database username
1787 */
1788 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1789
1790 /**
1791 * Database user's password
1792 */
1793 $wgDBpassword = '';
1794
1795 /**
1796 * Database type
1797 */
1798 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1799
1800 /**
1801 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1802 *
1803 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1804 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1805 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1806 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1807 */
1808 $wgDBssl = false;
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1812 *
1813 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1814 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1815 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1816 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1817 */
1818 $wgDBcompress = false;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1822 */
1823 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1824
1825 /**
1826 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1827 */
1828 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1829
1830 /**
1831 * Search type.
1832 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1833 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1834 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1835 */
1836 $wgSearchType = null;
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Alternative search types
1840 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1841 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1842 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1843 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1844 */
1845 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Table name prefix
1849 */
1850 $wgDBprefix = '';
1851
1852 /**
1853 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1854 */
1855 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1856
1857 /**
1858 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1859 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1860 * DBA has done his best job.
1861 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1862 */
1863 $wgSQLMode = '';
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Mediawiki schema
1867 */
1868 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1872 */
1873 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1877 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1878 * main database.
1879 *
1880 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1881 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1882 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1883 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1884 *
1885 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1886 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1887 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1888 *
1889 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1890 * $wgDBprefix.
1891 *
1892 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1893 * $wgDBmwschema.
1894 *
1895 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1896 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1897 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1898 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1899 */
1900 $wgSharedDB = null;
1901
1902 /**
1903 * @see $wgSharedDB
1904 */
1905 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1906
1907 /**
1908 * @see $wgSharedDB
1909 */
1910 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1911
1912 /**
1913 * @see $wgSharedDB
1914 * @since 1.23
1915 */
1916 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1917
1918 /**
1919 * Database load balancer
1920 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1921 * Fields are:
1922 * - host: Host name
1923 * - dbname: Default database name
1924 * - user: DB user
1925 * - password: DB password
1926 * - type: DB type
1927 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1928 *
1929 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1930 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1931 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1932 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1933 *
1934 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1935 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1936 *
1937 * - flags: bit field
1938 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1939 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1940 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1941 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1942 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1943 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1944 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1945 * if available
1946 *
1947 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1948 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1949 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1950 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1951 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1952 *
1953 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1954 * variable of the Database object.
1955 *
1956 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1957 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1958 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1959 *
1960 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1961 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1962 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1963 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1964 *
1965 * @code
1966 * SET @@read_only=1;
1967 * @endcode
1968 *
1969 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1970 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1971 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1972 */
1973 $wgDBservers = false;
1974
1975 /**
1976 * Load balancer factory configuration
1977 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1978 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1979 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1980 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1981 *
1982 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1983 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1984 */
1985 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
1986
1987 /**
1988 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1989 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1990 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1991 * @since 1.27
1992 */
1993 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1994
1995 /**
1996 * File to log database errors to
1997 */
1998 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2002 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2003 *
2004 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2005 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2006 *
2007 * @par Examples:
2008 * @code
2009 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2010 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2011 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2012 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2013 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2014 * @endcode
2015 *
2016 * @since 1.20
2017 */
2018 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2019
2020 /**
2021 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2022 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2023 *
2024 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2025 *
2026 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2027 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2028 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2029 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2030 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2031 *
2032 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2033 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2034 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2035 */
2036 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2040 *
2041 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2042 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2043 * block).
2044 *
2045 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2046 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2047 * connections.
2048 *
2049 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2050 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2051 * pooled.
2052 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2053 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2054 *
2055 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2056 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2057 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2058 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2059 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2060 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2061 *
2062 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2063 */
2064 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2065
2066 /**
2067 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2068 *
2069 * Array numeric key => database name
2070 */
2071 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2072
2073 /**
2074 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2075 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2076 * show a more obvious warning.
2077 */
2078 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2079
2080 /**
2081 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2082 */
2083 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2084
2085 /**
2086 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2087 */
2088 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2089
2090 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2091
2092 /************************************************************************//**
2093 * @name Text storage
2094 * @{
2095 */
2096
2097 /**
2098 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2099 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2100 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2101 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2102 */
2103 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2104
2105 /**
2106 * External stores allow including content
2107 * from non database sources following URL links.
2108 *
2109 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2110 * @code
2111 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2112 * @endcode
2113 *
2114 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2115 */
2116 $wgExternalStores = [];
2117
2118 /**
2119 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2120 *
2121 * @par Example:
2122 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2123 * @code
2124 * $wgExternalServers = [
2125 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2126 * ];
2127 * @endcode
2128 *
2129 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2130 * another class.
2131 */
2132 $wgExternalServers = [];
2133
2134 /**
2135 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2136 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2137 *
2138 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2139 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2140 *
2141 * @par Example:
2142 * @code
2143 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2144 * @endcode
2145 *
2146 * @var array
2147 */
2148 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2149
2150 /**
2151 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2152 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2153 *
2154 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2155 */
2156 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2157
2158 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2159
2160 /************************************************************************//**
2161 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2162 * @{
2163 */
2164
2165 /**
2166 * Disable database-intensive features
2167 */
2168 $wgMiserMode = false;
2169
2170 /**
2171 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2172 */
2173 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2174
2175 /**
2176 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2177 */
2178 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2179
2180 /**
2181 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2182 */
2183 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2184
2185 /**
2186 * Enable slow parser functions
2187 */
2188 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2189
2190 /**
2191 * Allow schema updates
2192 */
2193 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2194
2195 /**
2196 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2197 */
2198 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2199
2200 /**
2201 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2202 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2203 */
2204 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2205
2206 /**
2207 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2208 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2209 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2210 * @since 1.26
2211 */
2212 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2213
2214 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2215
2216 /************************************************************************//**
2217 * @name Cache settings
2218 * @{
2219 */
2220
2221 /**
2222 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2223 * from the web.
2224 *
2225 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2226 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2227 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2228 */
2229 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2230
2231 /**
2232 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2233 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2234 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2235 *
2236 * The options are:
2237 *
2238 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2239 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2240 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2241 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2242 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2243 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2244 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2245 *
2246 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2247 */
2248 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2249
2250 /**
2251 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2252 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2253 *
2254 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2255 */
2256 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2257
2258 /**
2259 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2260 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2261 *
2262 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2263 */
2264 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2265
2266 /**
2267 * The cache type for storing session data.
2268 *
2269 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2270 */
2271 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2272
2273 /**
2274 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2275 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2276 *
2277 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2278 *
2279 * @since 1.20
2280 */
2281 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2282
2283 /**
2284 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2285 *
2286 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2287 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2288 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2289 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2290 *
2291 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2292 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2293 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2294 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2295 */
2296 $wgObjectCaches = [
2297 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2298 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2299
2300 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2301 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2302 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2303
2304 'db-replicated' => [
2305 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2306 'readFactory' => [
2307 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2308 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2309 ],
2310 'writeFactory' => [
2311 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2312 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2313 ],
2314 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2315 'reportDupes' => false
2316 ],
2317
2318 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2319 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2320 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2321 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2322 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2323 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2324 ];
2325
2326 /**
2327 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2328 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2329 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2330 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2331 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2332 *
2333 * The options are:
2334 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2335 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2336 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2337 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2338 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2339 * @since 1.26
2340 */
2341 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2342
2343 /**
2344 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2345 *
2346 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2347 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2348 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2349 *
2350 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2351 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2352 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2353 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2354 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2355 *
2356 * @since 1.26
2357 */
2358 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2359 CACHE_NONE => [
2360 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2361 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2362 'channels' => []
2363 ]
2364 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2365 'memcached-php' => [
2366 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2367 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2368 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2369 ]
2370 */
2371 ];
2372
2373 /**
2374 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2375 *
2376 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2377 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2378 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2379 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2380 *
2381 * @var bool
2382 * @since 1.29
2383 */
2384 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2385
2386 /**
2387 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2388 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2389 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2390 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2391 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2392 *
2393 * The options are:
2394 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2395 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2396 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2397 *
2398 * @since 1.26
2399 */
2400 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2401
2402 /**
2403 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2404 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2405 */
2406 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2407
2408 /**
2409 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2410 */
2411 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2415 */
2416 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2417
2418 /**
2419 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2420 */
2421 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2422
2423 /**
2424 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2425 *
2426 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2427 *
2428 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2429 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2430 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2431 * others' cookies.
2432 *
2433 * @since 1.27
2434 * @var string
2435 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2436 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2437 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2438 */
2439 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2440
2441 /**
2442 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2443 *
2444 * @since 1.28
2445 */
2446 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2447
2448 /**
2449 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2450 */
2451 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2452
2453 /**
2454 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2455 */
2456 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2457
2458 /**
2459 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2460 * requests.
2461 */
2462 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2463
2464 /**
2465 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2466 */
2467 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2468
2469 /**
2470 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2471 *
2472 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2473 *
2474 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2475 *
2476 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2477 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2478 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2479 */
2480 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2481
2482 /**
2483 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2484 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2485 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2486 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2487 */
2488 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2489
2490 /**
2491 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2492 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2493 *
2494 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2495 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2496 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2497 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2498 * otherwise the database will be used.
2499 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2500 * store static arrays.
2501 *
2502 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2503 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2504 *
2505 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2506 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2507 * will be used.
2508 *
2509 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2510 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2511 */
2512 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2513 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2514 'store' => 'detect',
2515 'storeClass' => false,
2516 'storeDirectory' => false,
2517 'manualRecache' => false,
2518 ];
2519
2520 /**
2521 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2522 */
2523 $wgCachePages = true;
2524
2525 /**
2526 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2527 * client-side and server-side caching.
2528 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2529 * @verbatim
2530 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2531 * @endverbatim
2532 */
2533 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2534
2535 /**
2536 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2537 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2538 */
2539 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2543 *
2544 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2545 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2546 * styles.
2547 *
2548 * @deprecated since 1.31
2549 */
2550 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2551
2552 /**
2553 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2554 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2555 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2556 */
2557 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2558
2559 /**
2560 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2561 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2562 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2563 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2564 */
2565 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2566
2567 /**
2568 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2569 * @deprecated since 1.26
2570 */
2571 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2572
2573 /**
2574 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2575 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2576 */
2577 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2578
2579 /**
2580 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2581 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2582 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2583 *
2584 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2585 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2586 * don't update as expected.
2587 */
2588 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2589
2590 /**
2591 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2592 */
2593 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2594
2595 /**
2596 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2597 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2598 *
2599 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2600 */
2601 $wgUseGzip = false;
2602
2603 /**
2604 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2605 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2606 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2607 * a grace period.
2608 */
2609 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2610
2611 /**
2612 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2613 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2614 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2615 *
2616 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2617 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2618 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2619 */
2620 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2621
2622 /**
2623 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2624 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2625 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2626 *
2627 * @par Example:
2628 * @code
2629 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2630 * @endcode
2631 *
2632 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2633 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2634 *
2635 * @var int|bool
2636 */
2637 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2638
2639 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2640
2641 /************************************************************************//**
2642 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2643 *
2644 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2645 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2646 *
2647 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2648 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2649 * more details.
2650 *
2651 * @{
2652 */
2653
2654 /**
2655 * Enable/disable CDN.
2656 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2657 */
2658 $wgUseSquid = false;
2659
2660 /**
2661 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2662 */
2663 $wgUseESI = false;
2664
2665 /**
2666 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2667 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2668 * @since 1.27
2669 */
2670 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2674 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2675 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2676 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2677 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2678 * HTTP redirects.
2679 */
2680 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2684 *
2685 * @par Example:
2686 * @code
2687 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2688 * @endcode
2689 */
2690 $wgInternalServer = false;
2691
2692 /**
2693 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2694 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2695 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2696 *
2697 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2698 */
2699 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2700
2701 /**
2702 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2703 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2704 * @since 1.27
2705 */
2706 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2707
2708 /**
2709 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2710 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2711 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2712 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2713 *
2714 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2715 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2716 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2717 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2718 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2719 *
2720 * @since 1.27
2721 */
2722 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2723
2724 /**
2725 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2726 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2727 * @since 1.27
2728 */
2729 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2733 *
2734 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2735 */
2736 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2737
2738 /**
2739 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2740 *
2741 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2742 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2743 *
2744 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2745 */
2746 $wgSquidServers = [];
2747
2748 /**
2749 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2750 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2751 * CIDR blocks.
2752 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2753 */
2754 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2755
2756 /**
2757 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2758 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2759 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2760 *
2761 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2762 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2763 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2764 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2765 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2766 *
2767 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2768 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2769 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2770 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2771 * reverse).
2772 *
2773 * @since 1.21
2774 */
2775 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2776
2777 /**
2778 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2779 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2780 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2781 *
2782 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2783 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2784 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2785 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2786 *
2787 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2788 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2789 * @code
2790 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2791 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2792 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2793 * 'port' => 4827,
2794 * ],
2795 * '' => [
2796 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2797 * 'port' => 4827,
2798 * ],
2799 * ];
2800 * @endcode
2801 *
2802 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2803 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2804 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2805 *
2806 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2807 * @code
2808 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2809 * '' => [
2810 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2811 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2812 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2813 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2814 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2815 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2816 * ],
2817 * ];
2818 * @endcode
2819 *
2820 * @since 1.22
2821 *
2822 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2823 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2824 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2825 *
2826 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2827 */
2828 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2829
2830 /**
2831 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2832 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2833 */
2834 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2835
2836 /**
2837 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2838 */
2839 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2840
2841 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2842
2843 /************************************************************************//**
2844 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2845 * @{
2846 */
2847
2848 /**
2849 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2850 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2851 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2852 *
2853 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2854 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2855 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2856 *
2857 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2858 * change it in their preferences.
2859 *
2860 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2861 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2862 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2863 */
2864 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2865
2866 /**
2867 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2868 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2869 */
2870 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2871
2872 /**
2873 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2874 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2875 *
2876 * @par Example:
2877 * @code
2878 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2879 * @endcode
2880 */
2881 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2882
2883 /**
2884 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2885 */
2886 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2887
2888 /**
2889 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2890 */
2891 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2892
2893 /**
2894 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2895 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2896 * Notes:
2897 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2898 * map.
2899 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2900 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2901 * this array.
2902 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2903 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2904 * the prefix in this array.
2905 */
2906 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2907
2908 /**
2909 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2910 */
2911 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2912
2913 /**
2914 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2915 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2916 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2917 *
2918 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2919 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2920 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2921 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2922 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2923 *
2924 * @since 1.29
2925 */
2926 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2927 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2928 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2929 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2930 ];
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2934 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2935 *
2936 * @deprecated since 1.29
2937 */
2938 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2939
2940 /**
2941 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2942 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2943 * set to "ar".
2944 *
2945 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2946 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2947 */
2948 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2949
2950 /**
2951 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2952 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2953 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2954 * support these characters.
2955 *
2956 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2957 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2958 */
2959 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2960
2961 /**
2962 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2963 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2964 * impact.
2965 *
2966 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2967 * details.
2968 *
2969 * @since 1.17
2970 */
2971 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2972
2973 /**
2974 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2975 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2976 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2977 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2978 *
2979 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2980 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2981 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2982 */
2983 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2984
2985 /**
2986 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
2987 */
2988 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
2989
2990 /**
2991 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2992 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2993 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2994 *
2995 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2996 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2997 * to remain viewable.
2998 *
2999 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3000 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3001 */
3002 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3003
3004 /**
3005 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3006 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3007 */
3008 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3012 * numerals in interface.
3013 */
3014 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3018 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3019 */
3020 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3024 */
3025 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3026
3027 /**
3028 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3029 */
3030 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3034 */
3035 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3036
3037 /**
3038 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3039 */
3040 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3041
3042 /**
3043 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3044 */
3045 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3046
3047 /**
3048 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3049 * used to ease variant development work.
3050 */
3051 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3052
3053 /**
3054 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3055 *
3056 * @par Example:
3057 * @code
3058 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3059 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3060 * @endcode
3061 */
3062 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3063
3064 /**
3065 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3066 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3067 * language variant.
3068 *
3069 * @par Example:
3070 * @code
3071 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3072 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3073 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3074 * @endcode
3075 *
3076 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3077 *
3078 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3079 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3080 */
3081 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3082
3083 /**
3084 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3085 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3086 * customise these.
3087 */
3088 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3089
3090 /**
3091 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3092 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3093 *
3094 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3095 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3096 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3097 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3098 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3099 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3100 * the default behavior.
3101 *
3102 * @par Example:
3103 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3104 * portal:
3105 * @code
3106 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3107 * @endcode
3108 */
3109 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3110
3111 /**
3112 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3113 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3114 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3115 *
3116 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3117 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3118 *
3119 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3120 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3121 *
3122 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3123 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3124 *
3125 * @par Examples:
3126 * @code
3127 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3128 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3129 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3130 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3131 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3132 * @endcode
3133 */
3134 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3135
3136 /**
3137 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3138 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3139 *
3140 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3141 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3142 *
3143 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3144 */
3145 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3146
3147 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3148
3149 /*************************************************************************//**
3150 * @name Output format and skin settings
3151 * @{
3152 */
3153
3154 /**
3155 * The default Content-Type header.
3156 */
3157 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3158
3159 /**
3160 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3161 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3162 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3163 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3164 * @deprecated since 1.22
3165 */
3166 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3167
3168 /**
3169 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3170 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3171 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3172 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3173 * @deprecated since 1.22
3174 */
3175 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3176
3177 /**
3178 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3179 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3180 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3181 * to true by Setup.php.
3182 * @deprecated since 1.22
3183 */
3184 $wgHtml5 = true;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3188 *
3189 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3190 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3191 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3192 * @since 1.16
3193 */
3194 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3195
3196 /**
3197 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3198 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3199 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3200 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3201 * @since 1.24
3202 */
3203 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3204
3205 /**
3206 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3207 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3208 * stable and change has been communicated.
3209 * @since 1.24
3210 */
3211 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3215 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3216 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3217 *
3218 * @since 1.28
3219 */
3220 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3221
3222 /**
3223 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3224 *
3225 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3226 *
3227 * @par Example:
3228 * @code
3229 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3230 * @endcode
3231 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3232 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3233 *
3234 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3235 */
3236 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3240 *
3241 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3242 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3243 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3244 */
3245 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3246
3247 /**
3248 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3249 */
3250 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3251
3252 /**
3253 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3254 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3255 */
3256 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3257
3258 /**
3259 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3260 *
3261 * @since 1.24
3262 */
3263 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3264
3265 /**
3266 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3267 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3268 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3269 */
3270 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3271
3272 /**
3273 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3274 */
3275 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Allow user Javascript page?
3279 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3280 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3281 */
3282 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3283
3284 /**
3285 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3286 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3287 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3288 */
3289 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3293 *
3294 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3295 * are availabe to users.
3296 */
3297 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3301 */
3302 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3303
3304 /**
3305 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3306 */
3307 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3308
3309 /**
3310 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3311 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3312 */
3313 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3314
3315 /**
3316 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3317 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3318 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3319 *
3320 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3321 *
3322 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3323 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3324 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3325 *
3326 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3327 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3328 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3329 * recommended.
3330 *
3331 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3332 * not just edit pages.
3333 */
3334 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3335
3336 /**
3337 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3338 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3339 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3340 * Options are:
3341 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3342 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3343 * - false: Allow all framing.
3344 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3345 */
3346 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3347
3348 /**
3349 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3350 */
3351 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3352
3353 /**
3354 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3355 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3356 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3357 *
3358 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3359 */
3360 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3361
3362 /**
3363 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3364 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3365 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3366 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3367 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3368 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3369 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3370 *
3371 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3372 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3373 * a page.
3374 *
3375 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3376 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3377 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3378 * would still work.
3379 *
3380 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3381 *
3382 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3383 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3384 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3385 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3386 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3387 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3388 * fragment mode is used.
3389 *
3390 * @since 1.30
3391 */
3392 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3393
3394 /**
3395 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3396 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3397 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3398 * to 'html5'.
3399 *
3400 * @since 1.30
3401 */
3402 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3403
3404 /**
3405 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3406 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3407 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3408 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3409 *
3410 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3411 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3412 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3413 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3414 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3415 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3416 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3417 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3418 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3419 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3420 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3421 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3422 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3423 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3424 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3425 * not be outputted
3426 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3427 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3428 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3429 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3430 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3431 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3432 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3433 */
3434 $wgFooterIcons = [
3435 "copyright" => [
3436 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3437 ],
3438 "poweredby" => [
3439 "mediawiki" => [
3440 // Defaults to point at
3441 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3442 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3443 "src" => null,
3444 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3445 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3446 ]
3447 ],
3448 ];
3449
3450 /**
3451 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3452 * to create an account.
3453 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3454 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3455 */
3456 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3457
3458 /**
3459 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3460 */
3461 $wgEdititis = false;
3462
3463 /**
3464 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3465 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3466 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3467 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3468 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3469 *
3470 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3471 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3472 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3473 */
3474 $wgSend404Code = true;
3475
3476 /**
3477 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3478 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3479 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3480 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3481 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3482 *
3483 * @since 1.20
3484 */
3485 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3486
3487 /**
3488 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3489 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3490 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3491 * unconditionally.
3492 */
3493 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3494
3495 /**
3496 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3497 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3498 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3499 * the domain root.
3500 *
3501 * @since 1.25
3502 */
3503 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3504
3505 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3506
3507 /*************************************************************************//**
3508 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3509 * @{
3510 */
3511
3512 /**
3513 * Client-side resource modules.
3514 *
3515 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3516 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3517 *
3518 * @par Example:
3519 * @code
3520 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3521 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3522 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3523 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3524 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3525 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3526 * ];
3527 * @endcode
3528 */
3529 $wgResourceModules = [];
3530
3531 /**
3532 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3533 *
3534 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3535 * not be modified or disabled.
3536 *
3537 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3538 *
3539 * @par Example:
3540 * @code
3541 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3542 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3543 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3544 * ];
3545 *
3546 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3547 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3548 * ];
3549 * @endcode
3550 *
3551 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3552 *
3553 * @par Equivalent:
3554 * @code
3555 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3556 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3557 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3558 * 'skinStyles' => [
3559 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3560 * ],
3561 * ];
3562 * @endcode
3563 *
3564 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3565 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3566 *
3567 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3568 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3569 *
3570 * @par Example:
3571 * @code
3572 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3573 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3574 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3575 * 'skinStyles' => [
3576 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3577 * ],
3578 * ];
3579 * // Note the '+' character:
3580 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3581 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3582 * ];
3583 * @endcode
3584 *
3585 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3586 *
3587 * @par Equivalent:
3588 * @code
3589 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3590 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3591 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3592 * 'skinStyles' => [
3593 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3594 * 'foo' => [
3595 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3596 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3597 * ],
3598 * ],
3599 * ];
3600 * @endcode
3601 *
3602 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3603 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3604 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3605 *
3606 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3607 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3608 *
3609 * @par Example:
3610 * @code
3611 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3612 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3613 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3614 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3615 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3616 * ];
3617 * @endcode
3618 */
3619 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3620
3621 /**
3622 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3623 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3624 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3625 *
3626 * @par Example:
3627 * @code
3628 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3629 * @endcode
3630 */
3631 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3632
3633 /**
3634 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3635 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3636 */
3637 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3638
3639 /**
3640 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3641 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3642 *
3643 * Following options to distinguish:
3644 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3645 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3646 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3647 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3648 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3649 *
3650 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3651 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3652 * client and MediaWiki.
3653 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3654 */
3655 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3656 'versioned' => [
3657 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3658 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3659 ],
3660 'unversioned' => [
3661 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3662 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3663 ],
3664 ];
3665
3666 /**
3667 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3668 *
3669 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3670 */
3671 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3672
3673 /**
3674 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3675 *
3676 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3677 */
3678 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3679
3680 /**
3681 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3682 *
3683 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3684 * work.
3685 *
3686 * @par Example of legacy code:
3687 * @code{,js}
3688 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3689 * @endcode
3690 * or:
3691 * @code{,js}
3692 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3693 * @endcode
3694 *
3695 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3696 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3697 * @code{,js}
3698 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3699 * @endcode
3700 * or:
3701 * @code{,js}
3702 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3703 * @endcode
3704 */
3705 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3706
3707 /**
3708 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3709 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3710 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3711 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3712 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3713 * that you can't increase.
3714 *
3715 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3716 * string length limit.
3717 *
3718 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3719 */
3720 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3721
3722 /**
3723 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3724 * prior to minification to validate it.
3725 *
3726 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3727 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3728 */
3729 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3730
3731 /**
3732 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3733 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3734 *
3735 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3736 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3737 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3738 */
3739 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3740
3741 /**
3742 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3743 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3744 *
3745 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3746 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3747 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3748 *
3749 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3750 *
3751 * @par Example:
3752 * @code
3753 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3754 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3755 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3756 * ];
3757 * @endcode
3758 * @since 1.22
3759 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3760 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3761 */
3762 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3763 /**
3764 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3765 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3766 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3767 * @since 1.27
3768 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3769 */
3770 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3771 ];
3772
3773 /**
3774 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3775 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3776 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3777 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3778 *
3779 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3780 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3781 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3782 * files from its own tree.
3783 *
3784 * @since 1.22
3785 */
3786 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3787 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3788 ];
3789
3790 /**
3791 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3792 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3793 */
3794 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3795
3796 /**
3797 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3798 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3799 *
3800 * @since 1.23
3801 */
3802 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3803
3804 /**
3805 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3806 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3807 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3808 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3809 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3810 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3811 * from the rest of the site.
3812 *
3813 * @since 1.25
3814 */
3815 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3816
3817 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3818
3819 /*************************************************************************//**
3820 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3821 * @{
3822 */
3823
3824 /**
3825 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3826 * used instead.
3827 */
3828 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3829
3830 /**
3831 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3832 *
3833 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3834 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3835 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3836 */
3837 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3838
3839 /**
3840 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3841 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3842 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3843 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3844 * hook or extension.json.
3845 *
3846 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3847 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3848 * the new namespace name.
3849 *
3850 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3851 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3852 *
3853 * @par Example:
3854 * @code
3855 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3856 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3857 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3858 * 102 => "Aide",
3859 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3860 * ];
3861 * @endcode
3862 *
3863 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3864 */
3865 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3866
3867 /**
3868 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3869 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3870 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3871 * @since 1.18
3872 */
3873 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3874
3875 /**
3876 * Namespace aliases.
3877 *
3878 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3879 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3880 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3881 * name.
3882 *
3883 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3884 *
3885 * @par Example:
3886 * @code
3887 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3888 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3889 * 'Help' => 100,
3890 * ];
3891 * @endcode
3892 */
3893 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3894
3895 /**
3896 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3897 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3898 *
3899 * Problematic punctuation:
3900 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3901 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3902 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3903 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3904 * corrupted by apache
3905 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3906 *
3907 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3908 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3909 *
3910 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3911 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3912 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3913 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3914 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3915 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3916 *
3917 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3918 */
3919 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3920
3921 /**
3922 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3923 *
3924 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3925 */
3926 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3927
3928 /**
3929 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3930 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3931 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3932 *
3933 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3934 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3935 */
3936 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3937
3938 /**
3939 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3940 */
3941 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3942
3943 /**
3944 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3945 * @{
3946 */
3947
3948 /**
3949 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3950 * database (.cdb) file.
3951 *
3952 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3953 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3954 * formats such as the following:
3955 *
3956 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3957 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3958 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3959 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3960 *
3961 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3962 * data layout.
3963 *
3964 * @var bool|array|string
3965 */
3966 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3967
3968 /**
3969 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3970 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3971 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3972 * - 3: site levels
3973 */
3974 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3975
3976 /**
3977 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3978 */
3979 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3980
3981 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3982
3983 /**
3984 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3985 * @{
3986 */
3987
3988 /**
3989 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3990 */
3991 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3992
3993 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3994
3995 /**
3996 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3997 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3998 * as 'redirected from' links.
3999 *
4000 * @par Example:
4001 * It might look something like this:
4002 * @code
4003 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4004 * @endcode
4005 *
4006 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4007 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4008 * the URL.
4009 */
4010 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4011
4012 /**
4013 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4014 *
4015 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4016 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4017 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4018 */
4019 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4020
4021 /**
4022 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4023 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4024 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4025 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4026 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4027 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4028 * NS_FILE.
4029 *
4030 * @par Example:
4031 * @code
4032 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4033 * @endcode
4034 */
4035 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4036
4037 /**
4038 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4039 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4040 */
4041 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4042 NS_TALK => true,
4043 NS_USER => true,
4044 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4045 NS_PROJECT => true,
4046 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4047 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4048 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4049 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4050 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4051 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4052 NS_HELP => true,
4053 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4054 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4055 ];
4056
4057 /**
4058 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4059 *
4060 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4061 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4062 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4063 *
4064 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4065 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4066 *
4067 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4068 * the new extension registration system.
4069 *
4070 * @since 1.23
4071 */
4072 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4073
4074 /**
4075 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4076 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4077 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4078 * number of articles in the wiki.
4079 */
4080 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4081
4082 /**
4083 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4084 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4085 * be shown on that page.
4086 * @since 1.30
4087 */
4088 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4089
4090 /**
4091 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4092 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4093 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4094 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4095 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4096 */
4097 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4098
4099 /**
4100 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4101 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4102 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4103 */
4104 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4105
4106 /**
4107 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4108 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4109 * will make the redirect fail.
4110 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4111 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4112 *
4113 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4114 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4115 */
4116 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4117
4118 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4119
4120 /************************************************************************//**
4121 * @name Parser settings
4122 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4123 * @{
4124 */
4125
4126 /**
4127 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4128 *
4129 * class The class name
4130 *
4131 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4132 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4133 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4134 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4135 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4136 *
4137 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4138 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4139 *
4140 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4141 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4142 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4143 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4144 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4145 * an extension setup function.
4146 */
4147 $wgParserConf = [
4148 'class' => Parser::class,
4149 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4150 ];
4151
4152 /**
4153 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4154 */
4155 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4156
4157 /**
4158 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4159 * by PPFrame::expand()
4160 */
4161 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4162
4163 /**
4164 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4165 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4166 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4167 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4168 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4169 *
4170 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4171 */
4172 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4173
4174 /**
4175 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4176 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4177 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4178 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4179 */
4180 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4181
4182 /**
4183 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4184 */
4185 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4186
4187 /**
4188 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4189 *
4190 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4191 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4192 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4193 * more information.
4194 *
4195 * @see wfParseUrl
4196 */
4197 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4198 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4199 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4200 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4201 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4202 ];
4203
4204 /**
4205 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4206 */
4207 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4208
4209 /**
4210 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4211 */
4212 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4213
4214 /**
4215 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4216 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4217 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4218 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4219 *
4220 * @par Examples:
4221 * @code
4222 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4223 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4224 * @endcode
4225 */
4226 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4227
4228 /**
4229 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4230 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4231 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4232 * The image will be displayed.
4233 *
4234 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4235 * Or false to disable it
4236 */
4237 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4238
4239 /**
4240 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4241 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4242 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4243 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4244 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4245 * sites they control.
4246 */
4247 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4248
4249 /**
4250 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4251 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4252 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4253 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4254 *
4255 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4256 * parameters will be used instead.
4257 *
4258 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4259 *
4260 * Keys are:
4261 * - driver: May be:
4262 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4263 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4264 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4265 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4266 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4267 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4268 *
4269 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4270 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4271 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4272 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4273 */
4274 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4275
4276 /**
4277 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4278 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4279 */
4280 $wgUseTidy = false;
4281
4282 /**
4283 * The path to the tidy binary.
4284 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4285 */
4286 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4287
4288 /**
4289 * The path to the tidy config file
4290 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4291 */
4292 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4293
4294 /**
4295 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4296 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4297 */
4298 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4299
4300 /**
4301 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4302 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4303 */
4304 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4305
4306 /**
4307 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4308 * Only works for internal tidy.
4309 */
4310 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4311
4312 /**
4313 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4314 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4315 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4316 */
4317 $wgRawHtml = false;
4318
4319 /**
4320 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4321 *
4322 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4323 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4324 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4325 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4326 * to some of your users.
4327 */
4328 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4332 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4333 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4334 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4335 */
4336 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4337
4338 /**
4339 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4340 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4341 */
4342 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4343
4344 /**
4345 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4346 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4347 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4348 *
4349 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4350 *
4351 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4352 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4353 * etc.
4354 *
4355 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4356 */
4357 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4358
4359 /**
4360 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4361 */
4362 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4363
4364 /**
4365 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4366 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4367 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4368 */
4369 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4370
4371 /**
4372 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4373 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4374 */
4375 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4376
4377 /**
4378 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4379 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4380 */
4381 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4382
4383 /**
4384 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4385 */
4386 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4387
4388 /**
4389 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4390 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4391 */
4392 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4393
4394 /**
4395 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4396 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4397 *
4398 * @since 1.28
4399 */
4400 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4401 'ISBN' => false,
4402 'PMID' => false,
4403 'RFC' => false
4404 ];
4405
4406 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4407
4408 /************************************************************************//**
4409 * @name Statistics
4410 * @{
4411 */
4412
4413 /**
4414 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4415 * as a valid article.
4416 *
4417 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4418 *
4419 * This variable can have the following values:
4420 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4421 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4422 *
4423 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4424 *
4425 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4426 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4427 * script.
4428 */
4429 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4430
4431 /**
4432 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4433 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4434 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4435 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4436 * numbers between different wikis.
4437 */
4438 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4439
4440 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4441
4442 /************************************************************************//**
4443 * @name User accounts, authentication
4444 * @{
4445 */
4446
4447 /**
4448 * Central ID lookup providers
4449 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4450 * @since 1.27
4451 */
4452 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4453 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4454 ];
4455
4456 /**
4457 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4458 * @var string
4459 */
4460 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4461
4462 /**
4463 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4464 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4465 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4466 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4467 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4468 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4469 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4470 * Statements:
4471 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4472 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4473 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4474 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4475 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4476 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4477 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4478 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4479 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4480 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4481 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4482 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4483 * @since 1.26
4484 */
4485 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4486 'policies' => [
4487 'bureaucrat' => [
4488 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4489 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4490 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4491 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4492 ],
4493 'sysop' => [
4494 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4495 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4496 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4497 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4498 ],
4499 'bot' => [
4500 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4501 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4502 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4503 ],
4504 'default' => [
4505 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4506 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4507 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4508 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4509 ],
4510 ],
4511 'checks' => [
4512 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4513 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4514 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4515 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4516 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4517 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4518 ],
4519 ];
4520
4521 /**
4522 * Configure AuthManager
4523 *
4524 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4525 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4526 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4527 * (default is 0).
4528 *
4529 * Elements are:
4530 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4531 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4532 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4533 *
4534 * @since 1.27
4535 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4536 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4537 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4538 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4539 */
4540 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4541
4542 /**
4543 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4544 * @since 1.27
4545 */
4546 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4547 'preauth' => [
4548 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4549 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4550 'sort' => 0,
4551 ],
4552 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4553 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4554 'sort' => 0,
4555 ],
4556 ],
4557 'primaryauth' => [
4558 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4559 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4560 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4561 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4562 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4563 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4564 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4565 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4566 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4567 'args' => [ [
4568 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4569 'authoritative' => false,
4570 ] ],
4571 'sort' => 0,
4572 ],
4573 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4574 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4575 'args' => [ [
4576 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4577 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4578 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4579 // password") if it too fails.
4580 'authoritative' => true,
4581 ] ],
4582 'sort' => 100,
4583 ],
4584 ],
4585 'secondaryauth' => [
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'sort' => 0,
4589 ],
4590 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4591 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4592 'sort' => 100,
4593 ],
4594 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4595 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4596 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4597 // 'sort' => 100,
4598 // ],
4599 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 'sort' => 200,
4602 ],
4603 ],
4604 ];
4605
4606 /**
4607 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4608 *
4609 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4610 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4611 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4612 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4613 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4614 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4615 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4616 * that needs to do this.
4617 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4618 * the last X seconds.
4619 * - Come up with a third option.
4620 *
4621 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4622 * "X seconds".
4623 *
4624 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4625 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4626 * - LinkAccounts
4627 * - UnlinkAccount
4628 * - ChangeCredentials
4629 * - RemoveCredentials
4630 * - ChangeEmail
4631 *
4632 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4633 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4634 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4635 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4636 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4637 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4638 *
4639 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4640 *
4641 * @since 1.27
4642 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4643 */
4644 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4645 'default' => 300,
4646 ];
4647
4648 /**
4649 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4650 *
4651 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4652 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4653 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4654 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4655 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4656 *
4657 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4658 *
4659 * @since 1.27
4660 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4661 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4662 */
4663 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4664 'default' => true,
4665 ];
4666
4667 /**
4668 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4669 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4670 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4671 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4672 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4673 * @since 1.27
4674 * @var string[]
4675 */
4676 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4677 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4678 ];
4679
4680 /**
4681 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4682 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4683 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4684 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4685 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4686 * @since 1.27
4687 * @var string[]
4688 */
4689 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4690 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4691 ];
4692
4693 /**
4694 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4695 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4696 */
4697 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4698
4699 /**
4700 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4701 * words are allowed.
4702 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4703 */
4704 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4705
4706 /**
4707 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4708 *
4709 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4710 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4711 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4712 *
4713 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4714 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4715 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4716 */
4717 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4718
4719 /**
4720 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4721 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4722 * @since 1.23
4723 */
4724 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4725
4726 /**
4727 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4728 *
4729 * @since 1.24
4730 */
4731 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4732
4733 /**
4734 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4735 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4736 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4737 *
4738 * An advanced example:
4739 * @code
4740 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4741 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4742 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4743 * 'secrets' => [],
4744 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4745 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4746 * 'cost' => 5,
4747 * ];
4748 * @endcode
4749 *
4750 * @since 1.24
4751 */
4752 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4753 'A' => [
4754 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4755 ],
4756 'B' => [
4757 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4758 ],
4759 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4760 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4761 'types' => [
4762 'A',
4763 'pbkdf2',
4764 ],
4765 ],
4766 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4767 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4768 'types' => [
4769 'B',
4770 'pbkdf2',
4771 ],
4772 ],
4773 'bcrypt' => [
4774 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4775 'cost' => 9,
4776 ],
4777 'pbkdf2' => [
4778 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4779 'algo' => 'sha512',
4780 'cost' => '30000',
4781 'length' => '64',
4782 ],
4783 ];
4784
4785 /**
4786 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4787 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4788 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4789 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4790 */
4791 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4792 'username' => true,
4793 'email' => true,
4794 ];
4795
4796 /**
4797 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4798 */
4799 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4800
4801 /**
4802 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4803 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4804 */
4805 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4806
4807 /**
4808 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4809 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4810 */
4811 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4812 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4813 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4814 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4815 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4816 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4817 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4818 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4819 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4820 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4821 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4822 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4823 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4824 ];
4825
4826 /**
4827 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4828 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4829 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4830 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4831 */
4832 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4833 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4834 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4835 'date' => 'default',
4836 'diffonly' => 0,
4837 'disablemail' => 0,
4838 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4839 'editondblclick' => 0,
4840 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4841 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4842 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4843 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4844 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4845 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4846 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4847 'fancysig' => 0,
4848 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4849 'gender' => 'unknown',
4850 'hideminor' => 0,
4851 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4852 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4853 'imagesize' => 2,
4854 'minordefault' => 0,
4855 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4856 'nickname' => '',
4857 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4858 'numberheadings' => 0,
4859 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4860 'previewontop' => 1,
4861 'rcdays' => 7,
4862 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4863 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4864 'rclimit' => 50,
4865 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4866 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4867 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4868 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4869 'skin' => false,
4870 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4871 'thumbsize' => 5,
4872 'underline' => 2,
4873 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4874 'usenewrc' => 1,
4875 'watchcreations' => 1,
4876 'watchdefault' => 1,
4877 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4878 'watchuploads' => 1,
4879 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4880 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4881 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4882 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4883 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4884 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4887 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4888 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4889 'watchmoves' => 0,
4890 'watchrollback' => 0,
4891 'wllimit' => 250,
4892 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4893 'prefershttps' => 1,
4894 ];
4895
4896 /**
4897 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4898 */
4899 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4900
4901 /**
4902 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4903 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4904 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4905 */
4906 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4907
4908 /**
4909 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4910 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4911 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4912 *
4913 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4914 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4915 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4916 */
4917 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4918
4919 /**
4920 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4921 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4922 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4923 * @since 1.17
4924 */
4925 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4926
4927 /**
4928 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4929 *
4930 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4931 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4932 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4933 *
4934 * @since 1.27
4935 * @var string|null
4936 */
4937 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4938
4939 /**
4940 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4941 *
4942 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4943 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4944 *
4945 * @since 1.27
4946 */
4947 $wgSessionProviders = [
4948 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4949 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4950 'args' => [ [
4951 'priority' => 30,
4952 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4953 ] ],
4954 ],
4955 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4956 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4957 'args' => [ [
4958 'priority' => 75,
4959 ] ],
4960 ],
4961 ];
4962
4963 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4964
4965 /************************************************************************//**
4966 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4967 * @{
4968 */
4969
4970 /**
4971 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4972 */
4973 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4974
4975 /**
4976 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4977 */
4978 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4979
4980 /**
4981 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4982 */
4983 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4984
4985 /**
4986 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4987 *
4988 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4989 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4990 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4991 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4992 *
4993 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4994 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4995 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4996 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4997 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4998 */
4999 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5000 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5001 'IPv6' => 19,
5002 ];
5003
5004 /**
5005 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5006 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5007 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5008 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5009 * anonymous visitors.
5010 */
5011 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5012
5013 /**
5014 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5015 *
5016 * @par Example:
5017 * @code
5018 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5019 * @endcode
5020 *
5021 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5022 *
5023 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5024 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5025 *
5026 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5027 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5028 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5029 *
5030 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5031 * hook instead.
5032 */
5033 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5034
5035 /**
5036 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5037 *
5038 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5039 * is without underscore.
5040 *
5041 * @par Example:
5042 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5043 * @code
5044 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5045 * @endcode
5046 *
5047 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5048 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5049 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5050 *
5051 * @par Example:
5052 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5053 * @code
5054 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5055 * @endcode
5056 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5057 *
5058 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5059 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5060 */
5061 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5062
5063 /**
5064 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5065 * address before being allowed to edit?
5066 */
5067 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5068
5069 /**
5070 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5071 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5072 */
5073 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5074
5075 /**
5076 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5077 *
5078 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5079 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5080 *
5081 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5082 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5083 *
5084 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5085 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5086 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5087 * in in the user_groups table.
5088 *
5089 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5090 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5091 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5092 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5093 *
5094 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5095 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5096 *
5097 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5098 */
5099 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5100
5101 /** @cond file_level_code */
5102 // Implicit group for all visitors
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5114 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5115
5116 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5139
5140 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5143
5144 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5145 // from various log pages by default
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5154
5155 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5159 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5161 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5163 // can view deleted revision text
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5196 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5197 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5201
5202 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5205 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5206 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5207 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5208 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5209
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5211 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5212 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5213 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5214 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5216 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5218 // For private suppression log access
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5220
5221 /**
5222 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5223 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5224 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5225 * server.
5226 */
5227 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5228
5229 /** @endcond */
5230
5231 /**
5232 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5233 *
5234 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5235 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5236 *
5237 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5238 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5239 */
5240 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5241
5242 /**
5243 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5244 */
5245 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5246
5247 /**
5248 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5249 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5250 *
5251 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5252 * group".
5253 *
5254 * @par Example:
5255 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5256 * @code
5257 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5258 * @endcode
5259 *
5260 * @par Example:
5261 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5262 * @code
5263 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5264 * @endcode
5265 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5266 * any group that they happen to be in.
5267 */
5268 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5269
5270 /**
5271 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5272 */
5273 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5274
5275 /**
5276 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5277 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5278 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5279 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5280 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5281 */
5282 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5283
5284 /**
5285 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5286 *
5287 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5288 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5289 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5290 *
5291 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5292 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5293 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5294 */
5295 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5296
5297 /**
5298 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5299 *
5300 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5301 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5302 *
5303 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5304 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5305 */
5306 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5307
5308 /**
5309 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5310 *
5311 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5312 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5313 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5314 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5315 * "semiprotected".
5316 *
5317 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5318 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5319 */
5320 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5321
5322 /**
5323 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5324 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5325 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5326 *
5327 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5328 */
5329 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5330
5331 /**
5332 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5333 *
5334 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5335 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5336 *
5337 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5338 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5339 */
5340 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5341
5342 /**
5343 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5344 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5345 * privileges of new accounts.
5346 *
5347 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5348 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5349 *
5350 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5351 *
5352 * @par Example:
5353 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5354 * @code
5355 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5356 * @endcode
5357 * Set age to one day:
5358 * @code
5359 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5360 * @endcode
5361 */
5362 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5363
5364 /**
5365 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5366 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5367 *
5368 * @par Example:
5369 * @code
5370 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5371 * @endcode
5372 */
5373 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5374
5375 /**
5376 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5377 *
5378 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5379 *
5380 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5381 * 'groupname' => cond,
5382 * 'group2' => cond2,
5383 * );
5384 *
5385 * A `cond` may be:
5386 * - a single condition without arguments:
5387 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5388 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5389 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5390 * - a single condition with arguments:
5391 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5392 * - a set of conditions:
5393 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5394 *
5395 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5396 * - `&` (**AND**):
5397 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5398 * - `|` (**OR**):
5399 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5400 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5401 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5402 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5403 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5404 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5405 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5406 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5407 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5408 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5409 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5410 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5411 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5412 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5413 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5414 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5415 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5416 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5417 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5418 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5419 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5420 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5421 * true if the user is blocked
5422 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5423 * true if the user is a bot
5424 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5425 *
5426 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5427 * linked by operands.
5428 *
5429 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5430 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5431 */
5432 $wgAutopromote = [
5433 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5434 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5435 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5436 ],
5437 ];
5438
5439 /**
5440 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5441 *
5442 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5443 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5444 *
5445 * The format is:
5446 * @code
5447 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5448 * @endcode
5449 * Where event is either:
5450 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5451 *
5452 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5453 *
5454 * @see $wgAutopromote
5455 * @since 1.18
5456 */
5457 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5458 'onEdit' => [],
5459 ];
5460
5461 /**
5462 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5463 * @since 1.18
5464 */
5465 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5466
5467 /**
5468 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5469 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5470 *
5471 * @par Example:
5472 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5473 * @code
5474 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5475 * @endcode
5476 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5477 * @code
5478 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5479 * @endcode
5480 * Sysops can make bots:
5481 * @code
5482 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5483 * @endcode
5484 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5485 * @code
5486 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5487 * @endcode
5488 */
5489 $wgAddGroups = [];
5490
5491 /**
5492 * @see $wgAddGroups
5493 */
5494 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5495
5496 /**
5497 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5498 * For extensions only.
5499 */
5500 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5501
5502 /**
5503 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5504 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5505 */
5506 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5507
5508 /**
5509 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5510 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5511 * This is limited for performance reason.
5512 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5513 * @since 1.23
5514 */
5515 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5516
5517 /**
5518 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5519 *
5520 * @par Example:
5521 * @code
5522 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5523 * // no more than 100 per month
5524 * [
5525 * 'count' => 100,
5526 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5527 * ],
5528 * // no more than 10 per day
5529 * [
5530 * 'count' => 10,
5531 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5532 * ],
5533 * ];
5534 * @endcode
5535 *
5536 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5537 */
5538 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5539 'count' => 0,
5540 'seconds' => 86400,
5541 ] ];
5542
5543 /**
5544 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5545 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5546 *
5547 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5548 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5549 *
5550 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5551 *
5552 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5553 */
5554 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5555
5556 /**
5557 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5558 */
5559 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5560
5561 /**
5562 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5563 * proxies
5564 * @since 1.16
5565 */
5566 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5567
5568 /**
5569 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5570 *
5571 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5572 * the blacklist require a key).
5573 *
5574 * @par Example:
5575 * @code
5576 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5577 * // String containing URL
5578 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5579 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5580 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5581 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5582 * // just use a string as shown above
5583 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5584 * ];
5585 * @endcode
5586 *
5587 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5588 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5589 * @since 1.16
5590 */
5591 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5592
5593 /**
5594 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5595 * what the other methods might say.
5596 */
5597 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5598
5599 /**
5600 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5601 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5602 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5603 * @since 1.29
5604 * @var string[]
5605 */
5606 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5607
5608 /**
5609 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5610 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5611 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5612 */
5613 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5614
5615 /**
5616 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5617 *
5618 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5619 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5620 * elapses.
5621 *
5622 * @par Example:
5623 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5624 * @code
5625 * $wgRateLimits = [
5626 * 'edit' => [
5627 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5628 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5629 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5630 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5631 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5632 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5633 * ]
5634 * ];
5635 * @endcode
5636 *
5637 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5638 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5639 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5640 * @code
5641 * $wgRateLimits = [
5642 * 'some-action' => [
5643 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5644 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5645 * ];
5646 * @endcode
5647 *
5648 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5649 */
5650 $wgRateLimits = [
5651 // Page edits
5652 'edit' => [
5653 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5654 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5655 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5656 ],
5657 // Page moves
5658 'move' => [
5659 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5660 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5661 ],
5662 // File uploads
5663 'upload' => [
5664 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5665 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5666 ],
5667 // Page rollbacks
5668 'rollback' => [
5669 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5670 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5671 ],
5672 // Triggering password resets emails
5673 'mailpassword' => [
5674 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5675 ],
5676 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5677 'emailuser' => [
5678 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5679 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5680 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5681 ],
5682 // Purging pages
5683 'purge' => [
5684 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5685 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5686 ],
5687 // Purges of link tables
5688 'linkpurge' => [
5689 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5690 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5691 ],
5692 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5693 'renderfile' => [
5694 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5695 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5696 ],
5697 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5698 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5699 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5700 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5701 ],
5702 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5703 'stashedit' => [
5704 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5705 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5706 ],
5707 // Adding or removing change tags
5708 'changetag' => [
5709 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5710 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5711 ],
5712 // Changing the content model of a page
5713 'editcontentmodel' => [
5714 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5715 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5716 ],
5717 ];
5718
5719 /**
5720 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5721 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5722 */
5723 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5724
5725 /**
5726 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5727 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5728 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5729 */
5730 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5731
5732 /**
5733 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5734 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5735 */
5736 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5737
5738 /**
5739 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5740 *
5741 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5742 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5743 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5744 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5745 *
5746 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5747 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5748 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5749 */
5750 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5751 // Short term limit
5752 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5753 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5754 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5755 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5756 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5757 ];
5758
5759 /**
5760 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5761 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5762 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5763 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5764 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5765 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5766 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5767 * @since 1.27
5768 */
5769 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5770
5771 // @TODO: clean up grants
5772 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5773
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5784
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5789
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5794
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5797
5798 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5803
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5805
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5819
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5829
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5831
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5836
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5842
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5853
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5855
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5859
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5863
5864 /**
5865 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5866 * @since 1.27
5867 */
5868 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5869 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5870 'basic' => 'hidden',
5871
5872 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5873 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5874 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5875 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5876
5877 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5878 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5879
5880 'sendemail' => 'email',
5881
5882 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5883 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5884
5885 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5886 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5887
5888 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5889 'rollback' => 'administration',
5890 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5891 'delete' => 'administration',
5892 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5893 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5894 'protect' => 'administration',
5895 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5896
5897 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5898
5899 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5900 ];
5901
5902 /**
5903 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5904 * @since 1.27
5905 */
5906 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5907
5908 /**
5909 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5910 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5911 * @since 1.27
5912 */
5913 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5914
5915 /**
5916 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5917 *
5918 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5919 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5920 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5921 * @since 1.27
5922 */
5923 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5924
5925 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5926
5927 /************************************************************************//**
5928 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5929 * @{
5930 */
5931
5932 /**
5933 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5934 */
5935 $wgSecretKey = false;
5936
5937 /**
5938 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5939 *
5940 * This can have the following formats:
5941 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5942 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5943 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5944 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5945 */
5946 $wgProxyList = [];
5947
5948 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5949
5950 /************************************************************************//**
5951 * @name Cookie settings
5952 * @{
5953 */
5954
5955 /**
5956 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5957 */
5958 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5959
5960 /**
5961 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5962 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5963 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5964 * login cookies session-only.
5965 */
5966 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5967
5968 /**
5969 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5970 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5971 */
5972 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5973
5974 /**
5975 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5976 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5977 */
5978 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5982 * - true: Set secure flag
5983 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5984 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5985 */
5986 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5987
5988 /**
5989 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5990 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5991 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5992 * check.
5993 */
5994 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5995
5996 /**
5997 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5998 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5999 * name to be used as a prefix.
6000 */
6001 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6002
6003 /**
6004 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6005 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6006 * XSS attack.
6007 */
6008 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6009
6010 /**
6011 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6012 */
6013 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6014
6015 /**
6016 * Override to customise the session name
6017 */
6018 $wgSessionName = false;
6019
6020 /**
6021 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6022 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6023 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6024 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6025 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6026 */
6027 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6028
6029 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6030
6031 /************************************************************************//**
6032 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6033 * @{
6034 */
6035
6036 /**
6037 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6038 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6039 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6040 * Please see math/README for more information.
6041 */
6042 $wgUseTeX = false;
6043
6044 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6045
6046 /************************************************************************//**
6047 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6048 *
6049 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6050 *
6051 * @{
6052 */
6053
6054 /**
6055 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6056 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6057 * may contain private data.
6058 */
6059 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6060
6061 /**
6062 * Prefix for debug log lines
6063 */
6064 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6065
6066 /**
6067 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6068 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6069 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6070 */
6071 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6072
6073 /**
6074 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6075 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6076 * and gen=js requests.
6077 */
6078 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6082 *
6083 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6084 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6085 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6086 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6087 */
6088 $wgDebugComments = false;
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6092 *
6093 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6094 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6095 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6096 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6097 */
6098 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6099
6100 /**
6101 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6102 *
6103 * @since 1.26
6104 */
6105 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6106 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6107 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6108 'GET' => [
6109 'masterConns' => 0,
6110 'writes' => 0,
6111 'readQueryTime' => 5
6112 ],
6113 // HTTP POST requests.
6114 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6115 'POST' => [
6116 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6117 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6118 'maxAffected' => 1000
6119 ],
6120 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6121 'masterConns' => 0,
6122 'writes' => 0,
6123 'readQueryTime' => 5
6124 ],
6125 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6126 'PostSend-GET' => [
6127 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6128 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6129 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6130 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6131 'masterConns' => 0,
6132 'writes' => 0,
6133 ],
6134 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6135 'PostSend-POST' => [
6136 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6137 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6138 'maxAffected' => 1000
6139 ],
6140 // Background job runner
6141 'JobRunner' => [
6142 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6143 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6144 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6145 ],
6146 // Command-line scripts
6147 'Maintenance' => [
6148 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6149 'maxAffected' => 1000
6150 ]
6151 ];
6152
6153 /**
6154 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6155 *
6156 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6157 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6158 * in production.
6159 *
6160 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6161 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6162 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6163 * - associative array with keys:
6164 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6165 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6166 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6167 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6168 *
6169 * @par Example:
6170 * @code
6171 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6172 * @endcode
6173 *
6174 * @par Advanced example:
6175 * @code
6176 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6177 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6178 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6179 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6180 * ];
6181 * @endcode
6182 */
6183 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6184
6185 /**
6186 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6187 *
6188 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6189 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6190 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6191 * details.
6192 *
6193 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6194 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6195 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6196 *
6197 * @par To completely disable logging:
6198 * @code
6199 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6200 * @endcode
6201 *
6202 * @since 1.25
6203 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6204 * @see MwLogger
6205 */
6206 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6207 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6208 ];
6209
6210 /**
6211 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6212 *
6213 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6214 */
6215 $wgShowDebug = false;
6216
6217 /**
6218 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6219 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6220 */
6221 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6222
6223 /**
6224 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6225 */
6226 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6227
6228 /**
6229 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6230 */
6231 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6232
6233 /**
6234 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6235 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6236 * to an attacker.
6237 */
6238 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6239
6240 /**
6241 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6242 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6243 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6244 * formatting.
6245 */
6246 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6247
6248 /**
6249 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6250 *
6251 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6252 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6253 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6254 * exception handler.
6255 */
6256 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6257
6258 /**
6259 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6260 */
6261 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6262
6263 /**
6264 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6265 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6266 */
6267 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6271 */
6272 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6273
6274 /**
6275 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6276 * Should be a string, default false.
6277 * @since 1.20
6278 */
6279 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6280
6281 /**
6282 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6283 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6284 */
6285 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6289 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6290 * after the limit.
6291 */
6292 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6293
6294 /**
6295 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6296 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6297 */
6298 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6302 *
6303 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6304 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6305 */
6306 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6310 *
6311 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6312 *
6313 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6314 *
6315 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6316 * @since 1.25
6317 */
6318 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6319
6320 /**
6321 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6322 *
6323 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6324 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6325 * @since 1.25
6326 */
6327 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6328
6329 /**
6330 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6331 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6332 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6333 * @since 1.28
6334 */
6335 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6336 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6337 ];
6338
6339 /**
6340 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6341 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6342 * templates.
6343 */
6344 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6345
6346 /**
6347 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6348 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6349 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6350 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6351 */
6352 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6356 * filename is passed to it.
6357 *
6358 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6359 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6360 *
6361 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6362 *
6363 * Use full paths.
6364 *
6365 * @deprecated since 1.30
6366 */
6367 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6371 */
6372 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6373
6374 /**
6375 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6376 * @since 1.19
6377 */
6378 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6379
6380 /**
6381 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6382 * queries and other useful output.
6383 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6384 *
6385 * @since 1.19
6386 */
6387 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6388
6389 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6390
6391 /************************************************************************//**
6392 * @name Search
6393 * @{
6394 */
6395
6396 /**
6397 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6398 */
6399 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6400
6401 /**
6402 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6403 * by default off due to execution overhead
6404 */
6405 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6409 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6410 */
6411 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6412
6413 /**
6414 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6415 *
6416 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6417 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6418 *
6419 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6420 *
6421 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6422 */
6423 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6424
6425 /**
6426 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6427 *
6428 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6429 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6430 *
6431 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6432 */
6433 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6434 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6435 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6436 ];
6437
6438 /**
6439 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6440 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6441 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6442 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6443 */
6444 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6445
6446 /**
6447 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6448 * OpenSearch call.
6449 */
6450 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6451
6452 /**
6453 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6454 */
6455 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6456
6457 /**
6458 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6459 */
6460 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6461
6462 /**
6463 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6464 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6465 */
6466 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6467
6468 /**
6469 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6470 *
6471 * @par Example:
6472 * @code
6473 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6474 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6475 * @endcode
6476 */
6477 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6478 NS_MAIN => true,
6479 ];
6480
6481 /**
6482 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6483 * implemented by an extension instead.
6484 */
6485 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6489 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6490 * search term.
6491 *
6492 * @par Example:
6493 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6494 * @code
6495 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6496 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6497 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6498 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6499 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6500 * @endcode
6501 */
6502 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6503
6504 /**
6505 * Search form behavior.
6506 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6507 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6508 */
6509 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6513 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6514 * generated for all namespaces.
6515 */
6516 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6517
6518 /**
6519 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6520 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6521 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6522 *
6523 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6524 * @par Example:
6525 * @code
6526 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6527 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6528 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6529 * ];
6530 * @endcode
6531 */
6532 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6533
6534 /**
6535 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6536 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6537 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6538 */
6539 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6540
6541 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6542
6543 /************************************************************************//**
6544 * @name Edit user interface
6545 * @{
6546 */
6547
6548 /**
6549 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6550 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6551 */
6552 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6556 */
6557 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6558
6559 /**
6560 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6561 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6562 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6563 */
6564 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6565 NS_CATEGORY => true
6566 ];
6567
6568 /**
6569 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6570 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6571 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6572 */
6573 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6574
6575 /**
6576 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6577 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6578 * ting this variable false.
6579 */
6580 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6581
6582 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6583
6584 /************************************************************************//**
6585 * @name Maintenance
6586 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6587 * @{
6588 */
6589
6590 /**
6591 * @cond file_level_code
6592 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6593 */
6594 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6595 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6596 }
6597 /** @endcond */
6598
6599 /**
6600 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6601 */
6602 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6603
6604 /**
6605 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6606 * used as an explanation to users.
6607 *
6608 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6609 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6610 * option in MySQL.
6611 */
6612 $wgReadOnly = null;
6613
6614 /**
6615 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6616 * @var bool
6617 * @since 1.31
6618 */
6619 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6620
6621 /**
6622 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6623 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6624 * message.
6625 *
6626 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6627 */
6628 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6629
6630 /**
6631 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6632 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6633 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6634 *
6635 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6636 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6637 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6638 */
6639 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Fully specified path to git binary
6643 */
6644 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6645
6646 /**
6647 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6648 *
6649 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6650 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6651 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6652 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6653 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6654 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6655 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6656 *
6657 * @since 1.20
6658 */
6659 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6660 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6661 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6662 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6663 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6664 ];
6665
6666 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6667
6668 /************************************************************************//**
6669 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6670 * @{
6671 */
6672
6673 /**
6674 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6675 * seconds will go.
6676 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6677 */
6678 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6679
6680 /**
6681 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6682 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6683 * @since 1.26
6684 */
6685 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6686
6687 /**
6688 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6689 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6690 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6691 * @since 1.26
6692 */
6693 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6694
6695 /**
6696 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6697 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6698 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6699 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6700 * is still there.
6701 */
6702 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6703
6704 /**
6705 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6706 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6707 */
6708 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6709
6710 /**
6711 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6712 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6713 */
6714 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6715
6716 /**
6717 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6718 *
6719 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6720 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6721 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6722 *
6723 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6724 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6725 * passed to the constructor.
6726 *
6727 * Common options:
6728 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6729 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6730 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6731 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6732 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6733 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6734 *
6735 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6736 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6737 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6738 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6739 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6740 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6741 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6742 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6743 *
6744 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6745 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6746 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6747 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6748 *
6749 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6750 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6751 *
6752 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6753 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6754 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6755 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6756 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6757 * ];
6758 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6759 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6760 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6761 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6762 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6763 * ];
6764 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6765 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6766 * ];
6767 * @since 1.22
6768 */
6769 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6770
6771 /**
6772 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6773 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6774 * @since 1.22
6775 */
6776 $wgRCEngines = [
6777 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6778 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6779 ];
6780
6781 /**
6782 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6783 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6784 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6785 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6786 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6787 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6788 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6789 *
6790 * @since 1.27
6791 */
6792 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6793
6794 /**
6795 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6796 * New pages and new files are included.
6797 *
6798 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6799 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6800 * Special:Log.
6801 */
6802 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6803
6804 /**
6805 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6806 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6807 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6808 * that lets users disable them.
6809 *
6810 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6811 *
6812 * @since 1.30
6813 */
6814 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6815
6816 /**
6817 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6818 *
6819 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6820 */
6821 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6822
6823 /**
6824 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6825 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6826 * 0 to disable completely.
6827 */
6828 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6829
6830 /**
6831 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6832 *
6833 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6834 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6835 * Special:Log.
6836 */
6837 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6838
6839 /**
6840 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6841 *
6842 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6843 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6844 * Special:Log.
6845 *
6846 * @since 1.27
6847 */
6848 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6849
6850 /**
6851 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6852 */
6853 $wgFeed = true;
6854
6855 /**
6856 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6857 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6858 */
6859 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6860
6861 /**
6862 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6863 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6864 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6865 *
6866 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6867 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6868 */
6869 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6870
6871 /**
6872 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6873 * pages larger than this size.
6874 */
6875 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6876
6877 /**
6878 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6879 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6880 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6881 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6882 * as value.
6883 * @par Example:
6884 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6885 * @code
6886 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6887 * @endcode
6888 */
6889 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6890
6891 /**
6892 * Available feeds objects.
6893 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6894 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6895 */
6896 $wgFeedClasses = [
6897 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6898 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6899 ];
6900
6901 /**
6902 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6903 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6904 */
6905 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6906
6907 /**
6908 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6909 */
6910 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6911
6912 /**
6913 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6914 */
6915 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6916
6917 /**
6918 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6919 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6920 * highlighted on the RC page.
6921 */
6922 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6923
6924 /**
6925 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6926 * view for watched pages with new changes
6927 */
6928 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6929
6930 /**
6931 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6932 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6933 */
6934 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6938 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6939 */
6940 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6941
6942 /**
6943 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
6944 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
6945 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
6946 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
6947 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
6948 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
6949 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
6950 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
6951 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
6952 *
6953 * @var array
6954 * @since 1.31
6955 */
6956 $wgSoftwareTags = [
6957 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
6958 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
6959 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
6960 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
6961 'mw-blank' => true,
6962 'mw-replace' => true,
6963 'mw-rollback' => true,
6964 'mw-undo' => true,
6965 ];
6966
6967 /**
6968 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6969 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6970 * watchers.
6971 *
6972 * @since 1.21
6973 */
6974 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6978 * certain types of edits.
6979 *
6980 * To register a new one:
6981 * @code
6982 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6983 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6984 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6985 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6986 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6987 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6988 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6989 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6990 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6991 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6992 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6993 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6994 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6995 * ];
6996 * @endcode
6997 *
6998 * @since 1.22
6999 */
7000 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7001 'newpage' => [
7002 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7003 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7004 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7005 'grouping' => 'any',
7006 ],
7007 'minor' => [
7008 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7009 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7010 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7011 'class' => 'minoredit',
7012 'grouping' => 'all',
7013 ],
7014 'bot' => [
7015 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7016 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7017 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7018 'class' => 'botedit',
7019 'grouping' => 'all',
7020 ],
7021 'unpatrolled' => [
7022 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7023 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7024 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7025 'grouping' => 'any',
7026 ],
7027 ];
7028
7029 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7030
7031 /************************************************************************//**
7032 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7033 * @{
7034 */
7035
7036 /**
7037 * Override for copyright metadata.
7038 *
7039 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7040 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7041 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7042 */
7043 $wgRightsPage = null;
7044
7045 /**
7046 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7047 * wiki.
7048 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7049 */
7050 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7051
7052 /**
7053 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7054 * link.
7055 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7056 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7057 */
7058 $wgRightsText = null;
7059
7060 /**
7061 * Override for copyright metadata.
7062 */
7063 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7064
7065 /**
7066 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7067 */
7068 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7069
7070 /**
7071 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7072 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7073 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7074 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7075 * large wikis.
7076 */
7077 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7078
7079 /**
7080 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7081 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7082 */
7083 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7084
7085 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7086
7087 /************************************************************************//**
7088 * @name Import / Export
7089 * @{
7090 */
7091
7092 /**
7093 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7094 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7095 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7096 *
7097 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7098 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7099 * e.g.
7100 * @code
7101 * $wgImportSources = [
7102 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7103 * 'wikispecies',
7104 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7105 * ];
7106 * @endcode
7107 *
7108 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7109 * the ImportSources hook.
7110 *
7111 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7112 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7113 */
7114 $wgImportSources = [];
7115
7116 /**
7117 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7118 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7119 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7120 *
7121 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7122 */
7123 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7124
7125 /**
7126 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7127 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7128 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7129 */
7130 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7131
7132 /**
7133 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7134 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7135 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7136 */
7137 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7138
7139 /**
7140 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7141 */
7142 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7143
7144 /**
7145 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7146 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7147 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7148 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7149 * it's disabled by default for now.
7150 *
7151 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7152 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7153 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7154 */
7155 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7156
7157 /**
7158 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7159 */
7160 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7161
7162 /**
7163 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7164 */
7165 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7166
7167 /**
7168 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7169 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7170 *
7171 * @since 1.27
7172 */
7173 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7174
7175 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7176
7177 /*************************************************************************//**
7178 * @name Extensions
7179 * @{
7180 */
7181
7182 /**
7183 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7184 * initialised
7185 */
7186 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7187
7188 /**
7189 * Extension messages files.
7190 *
7191 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7192 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7193 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7194 * is the most common.
7195 *
7196 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7197 * in the core.
7198 *
7199 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7200 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7201 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7202 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7203 *
7204 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7205 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7206 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7207 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7208 *
7209 * @par Example:
7210 * @code
7211 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7212 * @endcode
7213 */
7214 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7215
7216 /**
7217 * Extension messages directories.
7218 *
7219 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7220 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7221 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7222 * message directories.
7223 *
7224 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7225 *
7226 * @par Simple example:
7227 * @code
7228 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7229 * @endcode
7230 *
7231 * @par Complex example:
7232 * @code
7233 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7234 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7235 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7236 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7237 * ]
7238 * @endcode
7239 * @since 1.23
7240 */
7241 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7242
7243 /**
7244 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7245 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7246 * @since 1.22
7247 */
7248 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7249
7250 /**
7251 * Parser output hooks.
7252 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7253 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7254 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7255 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7256 *
7257 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7258 *
7259 * The callback has the form:
7260 * @code
7261 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7262 * @endcode
7263 */
7264 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7265
7266 /**
7267 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7268 */
7269 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7270
7271 /**
7272 * List of valid skin names
7273 *
7274 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7275 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7276 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7277 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7278 */
7279 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7280
7281 /**
7282 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7283 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7284 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7285 * SpecialPage.
7286 */
7287 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7288
7289 /**
7290 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7291 */
7292 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7293
7294 /**
7295 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7296 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7297 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7298 */
7299 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7300
7301 /**
7302 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7303 *
7304 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7305 *
7306 * @code
7307 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7308 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7309 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7310 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7311 * 'author' => [
7312 * 'Foo Barstein',
7313 * ],
7314 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7315 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7316 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7317 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7318 * ];
7319 * @endcode
7320 *
7321 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7322 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7323 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7324 * interpreted as wikitext.
7325 *
7326 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7327 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7328 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7329 *
7330 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7331 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7332 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7333 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7334 *
7335 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7336 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7337 * usually are.)
7338 *
7339 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7340 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7341 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7342 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7343 *
7344 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7345 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7346 *
7347 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7348 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7349 *
7350 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7351 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7352 */
7353 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7354
7355 /**
7356 * Authentication plugin.
7357 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7358 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7359 */
7360 $wgAuth = null;
7361
7362 /**
7363 * Global list of hooks.
7364 *
7365 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7366 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7367 * internally by Hook:run().
7368 *
7369 * The value can be one of:
7370 *
7371 * - A function name:
7372 * @code
7373 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7374 * @endcode
7375 * - A function with some data:
7376 * @code
7377 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7378 * @endcode
7379 * - A an object method:
7380 * @code
7381 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7382 * @endcode
7383 * - A closure:
7384 * @code
7385 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7386 * // Handler code goes here.
7387 * };
7388 * @endcode
7389 *
7390 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7391 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7392 *
7393 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7394 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7395 */
7396 $wgHooks = [];
7397
7398 /**
7399 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7400 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7401 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7402 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7403 * hook for that.
7404 *
7405 * @see MediaWikiServices
7406 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7407 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7408 */
7409 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7410 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7411 ];
7412
7413 /**
7414 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7415 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7416 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7417 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7418 */
7419 $wgJobClasses = [
7420 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7421 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7422 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7423 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7424 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7425 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7426 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7427 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7428 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7429 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7430 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7431 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7432 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7433 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7434 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7435 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7436 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7437 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7438 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7439 'null' => NullJob::class,
7440 ];
7441
7442 /**
7443 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7444 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7445 *
7446 * These can be:
7447 * - Very long-running jobs.
7448 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7449 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7450 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7451 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7452 */
7453 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7454
7455 /**
7456 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7457 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7458 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7459 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7460 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7461 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7462 * @var float[]
7463 */
7464 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7465
7466 /**
7467 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7468 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7469 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7470 *
7471 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7472 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7473 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7474 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7475 *
7476 * @var float|bool
7477 * @since 1.26
7478 */
7479 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7480
7481 /**
7482 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7483 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7484 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7485 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7486 */
7487 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7488 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7489 ];
7490
7491 /**
7492 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7493 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7494 */
7495 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7496 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7497 ];
7498
7499 /**
7500 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7501 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7502 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7503 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7504 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7505 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7506 * that limit is hit.
7507 *
7508 * @since 1.29
7509 */
7510 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7511
7512 /**
7513 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7514 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7515 */
7516 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7517 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7518 ];
7519
7520 /**
7521 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7522 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7523 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7524 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7525 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7526 */
7527 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7528 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7529 ];
7530
7531 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7532
7533 /*************************************************************************//**
7534 * @name Categories
7535 * @{
7536 */
7537
7538 /**
7539 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7540 */
7541 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7542
7543 /**
7544 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7545 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7546 */
7547 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7548
7549 /**
7550 * Paging limit for categories
7551 */
7552 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7553
7554 /**
7555 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7556 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7557 *
7558 * Available values are:
7559 *
7560 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7561 *
7562 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7563 *
7564 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7565 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7566 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7567 *
7568 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7569 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7570 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7571 * server.
7572 *
7573 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7574 * the sort keys in the database.
7575 *
7576 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7577 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7578 */
7579 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7580
7581 /** @} */ # End categories }
7582
7583 /*************************************************************************//**
7584 * @name Logging
7585 * @{
7586 */
7587
7588 /**
7589 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7590 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7591 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7592 * log type.
7593 */
7594 $wgLogTypes = [
7595 '',
7596 'block',
7597 'protect',
7598 'rights',
7599 'delete',
7600 'upload',
7601 'move',
7602 'import',
7603 'patrol',
7604 'merge',
7605 'suppress',
7606 'tag',
7607 'managetags',
7608 'contentmodel',
7609 ];
7610
7611 /**
7612 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7613 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7614 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7615 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7616 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7617 */
7618 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7619 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7620 ];
7621
7622 /**
7623 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7624 *
7625 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7626 *
7627 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7628 *
7629 * @par Example:
7630 * @code
7631 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7632 * @endcode
7633 *
7634 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7635 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7636 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7637 *
7638 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7639 * for the link text.
7640 */
7641 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7642 'patrol' => true,
7643 'tag' => true,
7644 ];
7645
7646 /**
7647 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7648 * will be listed in the user interface.
7649 *
7650 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7651 *
7652 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7653 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7654 */
7655 $wgLogNames = [
7656 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7657 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7658 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7659 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7660 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7661 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7662 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7663 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7664 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7665 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7666 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7667 ];
7668
7669 /**
7670 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7671 * top of each log type.
7672 *
7673 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7674 *
7675 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7676 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7677 */
7678 $wgLogHeaders = [
7679 '' => 'alllogstext',
7680 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7681 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7682 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7683 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7684 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7685 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7686 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7687 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7688 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7689 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7690 ];
7691
7692 /**
7693 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7694 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7695 *
7696 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7697 */
7698 $wgLogActions = [];
7699
7700 /**
7701 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7702 * not messages.
7703 * @see LogPage::actionText
7704 * @see LogFormatter
7705 */
7706 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7707 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7708 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7709 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7710 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7711 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7712 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7713 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7714 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7715 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7716 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7717 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7718 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7719 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7720 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7721 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7722 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7723 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7724 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7725 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7726 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7727 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7728 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7729 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7730 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7731 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7732 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7733 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7734 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7735 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7736 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7737 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7738 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7739 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7740 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7741 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7742 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7743 ];
7744
7745 /**
7746 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7747 *
7748 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7749 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7750 * Extensions may append to this array
7751 * @since 1.27
7752 */
7753 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7754 'block' => [
7755 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7756 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7757 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7758 ],
7759 'contentmodel' => [
7760 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7761 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7762 ],
7763 'delete' => [
7764 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7765 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7766 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7767 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7768 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7769 ],
7770 'import' => [
7771 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7772 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7773 ],
7774 'managetags' => [
7775 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7776 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7777 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7778 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7779 ],
7780 'move' => [
7781 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7782 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7783 ],
7784 'newusers' => [
7785 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7786 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7787 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7788 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7789 ],
7790 'patrol' => [
7791 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7792 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7793 ],
7794 'protect' => [
7795 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7796 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7797 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7798 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7799 ],
7800 'rights' => [
7801 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7802 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7803 ],
7804 'suppress' => [
7805 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7806 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7807 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7808 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7809 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7810 ],
7811 'upload' => [
7812 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7813 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7814 ],
7815 ];
7816
7817 /**
7818 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7819 */
7820 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7821
7822 /** @} */ # end logging }
7823
7824 /*************************************************************************//**
7825 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7826 * @{
7827 */
7828
7829 /**
7830 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7831 */
7832 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7833
7834 /**
7835 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7836 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7837 */
7838 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7839
7840 /**
7841 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7842 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7843 */
7844 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7845
7846 /**
7847 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7848 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7849 */
7850 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7851
7852 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7853
7854 /*************************************************************************//**
7855 * @name Actions
7856 * @{
7857 */
7858
7859 /**
7860 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7861 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7862 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7863 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7864 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7865 * instead of the default class.
7866 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7867 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7868 */
7869 $wgActions = [
7870 'credits' => true,
7871 'delete' => true,
7872 'edit' => true,
7873 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7874 'history' => true,
7875 'info' => true,
7876 'markpatrolled' => true,
7877 'protect' => true,
7878 'purge' => true,
7879 'raw' => true,
7880 'render' => true,
7881 'revert' => true,
7882 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7883 'rollback' => true,
7884 'submit' => true,
7885 'unprotect' => true,
7886 'unwatch' => true,
7887 'view' => true,
7888 'watch' => true,
7889 ];
7890
7891 /** @} */ # end actions }
7892
7893 /*************************************************************************//**
7894 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7895 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7896 * @{
7897 */
7898
7899 /**
7900 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7901 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7902 * basis.
7903 */
7904 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7908 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7909 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7910 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7911 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7912 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7913 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7914 *
7915 * @par Example:
7916 * @code
7917 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7918 * @endcode
7919 */
7920 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7921
7922 /**
7923 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7924 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7925 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7926 *
7927 * @par Example:
7928 * @code
7929 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7930 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7931 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7932 * ];
7933 * @endcode
7934 *
7935 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7936 * forms:
7937 * @code
7938 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7939 * # Underscore, not space!
7940 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7941 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7942 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7943 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7944 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7945 * ];
7946 * @endcode
7947 */
7948 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7949
7950 /**
7951 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7952 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7953 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7954 *
7955 * @par Example:
7956 * @code
7957 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7958 * @endcode
7959 */
7960 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7961
7962 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7963
7964 /************************************************************************//**
7965 * @name AJAX and API
7966 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7967 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7968 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7969 * @{
7970 */
7971
7972 /**
7973 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7974 * machine-readable data via api.php
7975 *
7976 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7977 *
7978 * @deprecated since 1.31
7979 */
7980 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7981
7982 /**
7983 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7984 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7985 * accesses it
7986 *
7987 * @deprecated since 1.31
7988 */
7989 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7990
7991 /**
7992 *
7993 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7994 *
7995 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7996 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7997 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7998 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7999 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8000 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8001 * requiring POST.
8002 *
8003 * @since 1.21
8004 */
8005 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8006
8007 /**
8008 * API module extensions.
8009 *
8010 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8011 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8012 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8013 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8014 *
8015 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8016 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8017 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8018 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8019 * field.
8020 *
8021 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8022 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8023 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8024 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8025 *
8026 * Examples for registering API modules:
8027 *
8028 * @code
8029 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8030 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8031 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8032 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8033 * ];
8034 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8035 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8036 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8037 * ];
8038 * @endcode
8039 *
8040 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8041 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8042 */
8043 $wgAPIModules = [];
8044
8045 /**
8046 * API format module extensions.
8047 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8048 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8049 *
8050 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8051 */
8052 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8053
8054 /**
8055 * API Query meta module extensions.
8056 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8057 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8058 *
8059 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8060 */
8061 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8062
8063 /**
8064 * API Query prop module extensions.
8065 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8066 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8067 *
8068 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8069 */
8070 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8071
8072 /**
8073 * API Query list module extensions.
8074 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8075 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8076 *
8077 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8078 */
8079 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8080
8081 /**
8082 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8083 * The default value is generally fine
8084 */
8085 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8086
8087 /**
8088 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8089 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8090 */
8091 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8092
8093 /**
8094 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8095 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8096 */
8097 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8098
8099 /**
8100 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8101 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8102 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8103 */
8104 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8105
8106 /**
8107 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8108 * API request logging
8109 */
8110 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8111
8112 /**
8113 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8114 */
8115 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8116
8117 /**
8118 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8119 * API queries.
8120 */
8121 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8122 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8123 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8124 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8125 ];
8126
8127 /**
8128 * Enable AJAX framework
8129 *
8130 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31
8131 */
8132 $wgUseAjax = true;
8133
8134 /**
8135 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8136 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8137 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8138 */
8139 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8140
8141 /**
8142 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8143 */
8144 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8145
8146 /**
8147 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8148 */
8149 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8150
8151 /**
8152 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8153 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8154 */
8155 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8156
8157 /**
8158 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8159 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8160 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8161 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8162 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8163 *
8164 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8165 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8166 *
8167 * @par Example:
8168 * @code
8169 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8170 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8171 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8172 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8173 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8174 * ];
8175 * @endcode
8176 */
8177 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8178
8179 /**
8180 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8181 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8182 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8183 */
8184 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8185
8186 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8187
8188 /************************************************************************//**
8189 * @name Shell and process control
8190 * @{
8191 */
8192
8193 /**
8194 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8195 */
8196 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8197
8198 /**
8199 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8200 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8201 */
8202 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8206 */
8207 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8211 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8212 */
8213 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8214
8215 /**
8216 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8217 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8218 *
8219 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8220 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8221 * them segfault or deadlock.
8222 *
8223 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8224 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8225 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8226 *
8227 * @par Example:
8228 * @code
8229 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8230 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8231 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8232 * @endcode
8233 *
8234 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8235 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8236 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8237 */
8238 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8239
8240 /**
8241 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8242 */
8243 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8244
8245 /**
8246 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8247 *
8248 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8249 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8250 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8251 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8252 *
8253 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8254 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8255 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8256 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8257 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8258 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8259 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8260 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8261 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8262 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8263 * decimal separator)
8264 *
8265 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8266 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8267 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8268 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8269 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8270 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8271 * displayed to the user.
8272 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8273 * date/time values.
8274 *
8275 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8276 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8277 * wikis.
8278 */
8279 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8280
8281 /**
8282 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8283 *
8284 * Supported options:
8285 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8286 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8287 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8288 *
8289 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8290 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8291 *
8292 * @since 1.31
8293 * @var string|bool
8294 */
8295 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8296
8297 /** @} */ # End shell }
8298
8299 /************************************************************************//**
8300 * @name HTTP client
8301 * @{
8302 */
8303
8304 /**
8305 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8306 * @var int
8307 */
8308 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8309
8310 /**
8311 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8312 * @since 1.29
8313 */
8314 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8315
8316 /**
8317 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8318 */
8319 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8320
8321 /**
8322 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8323 */
8324 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8325
8326 /**
8327 * Local virtual hosts.
8328 *
8329 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8330 *
8331 * This affects the following:
8332 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8333 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8334 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8335 * the proxy if it is configured.
8336 *
8337 * @since 1.25
8338 */
8339 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8340
8341 /**
8342 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8343 * Only works for curl
8344 */
8345 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8346
8347 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8348
8349 /************************************************************************//**
8350 * @name Job queue
8351 * @{
8352 */
8353
8354 /**
8355 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8356 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8357 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8358 * be run periodically.
8359 */
8360 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8361
8362 /**
8363 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8364 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8365 * execution finishes.
8366 *
8367 * @since 1.23
8368 */
8369 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8370
8371 /**
8372 * Number of rows to update per job
8373 */
8374 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8375
8376 /**
8377 * Number of rows to update per query
8378 */
8379 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8380
8381 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8382
8383 /************************************************************************//**
8384 * @name Miscellaneous
8385 * @{
8386 */
8387
8388 /**
8389 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8390 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8391 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8392 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8393 */
8394 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8395
8396 /**
8397 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8398 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8399 * Supported values:
8400 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8401 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8402 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8403 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8404 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8405 *
8406 * @since 1.30
8407 */
8408 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8409
8410 /**
8411 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8412 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8413 *
8414 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8415 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8416 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8417 */
8418 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8419
8420 /**
8421 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8422 * For debugging
8423 */
8424 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8425
8426 /**
8427 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8428 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8429 */
8430 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8431
8432 /**
8433 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8434 */
8435 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8436
8437 /**
8438 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8439 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8440 */
8441 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8442
8443 /**
8444 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8445 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8446 */
8447 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8448
8449 /**
8450 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8451 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8452 *
8453 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8454 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8455 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8456 * parameters.
8457 *
8458 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8459 * @code
8460 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8461 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8462 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8463 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8464 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8465 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8466 * 'redisConfig' => []
8467 * ] ];
8468 * @endcode
8469 *
8470 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8471 * @code
8472 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8473 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8474 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8475 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8476 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8477 * ... any extension-specific options...
8478 * ] ];
8479 * @endcode
8480 */
8481 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8482
8483 /**
8484 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8485 */
8486 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8487
8488 /**
8489 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8490 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8491 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8492 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8493 *
8494 * @since 1.21
8495 */
8496 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8497
8498 /**
8499 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8500 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8501 *
8502 * * 'ignore': return null
8503 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8504 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8505 *
8506 * @since 1.21
8507 */
8508 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8509
8510 /**
8511 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8512 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8513 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8514 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8515 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8516 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8517 *
8518 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8519 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8520 *
8521 * @since 1.21
8522 */
8523 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8524
8525 /**
8526 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8527 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8528 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8529 *
8530 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8531 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8532 *
8533 * @since 1.21
8534 */
8535 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8536 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8537 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8538 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8539 ];
8540
8541 /**
8542 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8543 *
8544 * @since 1.20
8545 */
8546 $wgSiteTypes = [
8547 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8548 ];
8549
8550 /**
8551 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8552 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8553 * @since 1.23
8554 */
8555 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8556
8557 /**
8558 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8559 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8560 * @see T67184
8561 * @since 1.24
8562 */
8563 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8564
8565 /**
8566 * Secret for session storage.
8567 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8568 * be used.
8569 * @since 1.27
8570 */
8571 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8572
8573 /**
8574 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8575 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8576 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8577 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8578 * @since 1.27
8579 */
8580 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8581
8582 /**
8583 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8584 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8585 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8586 * be used.
8587 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8588 * @since 1.24
8589 */
8590 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8591
8592 /**
8593 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8594 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8595 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8596 * @since 1.24
8597 */
8598 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8599
8600 /**
8601 * Enable page language feature
8602 * Allows setting page language in database
8603 * @var bool
8604 * @since 1.24
8605 */
8606 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8607
8608 /**
8609 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8610 *
8611 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8612 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8613 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8614 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8615 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8616 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8617 *
8618 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8619 *
8620 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8621 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8622 * 'options' => [
8623 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8624 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8625 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8626 * ]
8627 * ];
8628 *
8629 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8630 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8631 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8632 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8633 *
8634 * Example config for Parsoid:
8635 *
8636 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8637 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8638 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8639 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8640 * ];
8641 *
8642 * @var array
8643 * @since 1.25
8644 */
8645 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8646 'paths' => [],
8647 'modules' => [],
8648 'global' => [
8649 # Timeout in seconds
8650 'timeout' => 360,
8651 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8652 'forwardCookies' => false,
8653 'HTTPProxy' => null
8654 ]
8655 ];
8656
8657 /**
8658 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8659 * these suggestions.
8660 *
8661 * @var bool
8662 * @since 1.26
8663 */
8664 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8665
8666 /**
8667 * Where popular password file is located.
8668 *
8669 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8670 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8671 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8672 *
8673 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8674 * @since 1.27
8675 * @var string path to file
8676 */
8677 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8678
8679 /*
8680 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8681 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8682 *
8683 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8684 * @since 1.27
8685 */
8686 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8687
8688 /*
8689 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8690 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8691 *
8692 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8693 * @since 1.30
8694 */
8695 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8696
8697 /**
8698 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8699 *
8700 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8701 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8702 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8703 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8704 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8705 *
8706 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8707 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8708 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8709 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8710 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8711 *
8712 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8713 *
8714 * @since 1.27
8715 */
8716 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8717 'default' => [
8718 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8719 ]
8720 ];
8721
8722 /**
8723 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8724 *
8725 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8726 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8727 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8728 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8729 *
8730 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8731 *
8732 * @var bool
8733 * @since 1.28
8734 */
8735 $wgPingback = false;
8736
8737 /**
8738 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8739 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8740 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8741 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8742 *
8743 * @since 1.28
8744 */
8745 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8746 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8747 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8748 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8749 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8750 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8751 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8752 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8753 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8754 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8755 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8756 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8757 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8758 ];
8759
8760 /**
8761 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8762 * at Special:Contributions.
8763 *
8764 * @var array
8765 * @since 1.30
8766 */
8767 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8768 'IPv4' => 16,
8769 'IPv6' => 32,
8770 ];
8771
8772 /**
8773 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8774 *
8775 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8776 *
8777 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8778 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8779 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8780 *
8781 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8782 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8783 */
8784 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8785 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8786 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8787 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8788
8789 /**
8790 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8791 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8792 *
8793 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8794 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8795 *
8796 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8797 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8798 *
8799 * @par Example:
8800 * @code
8801 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8802 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8803 *];
8804 * @endcode
8805 */
8806 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8807
8808 /**
8809 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8810 * @since 1.30
8811 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8812 */
8813 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8814
8815 /**
8816 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8817 * @since 1.31
8818 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8819 */
8820 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8821
8822 /**
8823 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8824 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8825 * @}
8826 */